diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html index 1708e64d926..ae2199dbe5e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html @@ -593,6 +593,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "awsV4Authentication": { # Contains the configurations necessary to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support Signature Version 4 for authentication. The service name for generating the authentication header will always default to 's3'. # The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends. + "accessKey": "A String", # The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly + "accessKeyId": "A String", # The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication. + "accessKeyVersion": "A String", # The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key. + "originRegion": "A String", # The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI. + }, "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact. "clientTlsSettings": { # [Deprecated] The client side authentication settings for connection originating from the backend service. the backend service. # [Deprecated] TLS Settings for the backend service. "clientTlsContext": { # [Deprecated] The TLS settings for the client or server. The TLS settings for the client or server. # Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL. @@ -1266,6 +1272,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "awsV4Authentication": { # Contains the configurations necessary to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support Signature Version 4 for authentication. The service name for generating the authentication header will always default to 's3'. # The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends. + "accessKey": "A String", # The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly + "accessKeyId": "A String", # The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication. + "accessKeyVersion": "A String", # The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key. + "originRegion": "A String", # The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI. + }, "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact. "clientTlsSettings": { # [Deprecated] The client side authentication settings for connection originating from the backend service. the backend service. # [Deprecated] TLS Settings for the backend service. "clientTlsContext": { # [Deprecated] The TLS settings for the client or server. The TLS settings for the client or server. # Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL. @@ -1835,6 +1847,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "awsV4Authentication": { # Contains the configurations necessary to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support Signature Version 4 for authentication. The service name for generating the authentication header will always default to 's3'. # The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends. + "accessKey": "A String", # The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly + "accessKeyId": "A String", # The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication. + "accessKeyVersion": "A String", # The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key. + "originRegion": "A String", # The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI. + }, "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact. "clientTlsSettings": { # [Deprecated] The client side authentication settings for connection originating from the backend service. the backend service. # [Deprecated] TLS Settings for the backend service. "clientTlsContext": { # [Deprecated] The TLS settings for the client or server. The TLS settings for the client or server. # Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL. @@ -2359,6 +2377,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "awsV4Authentication": { # Contains the configurations necessary to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support Signature Version 4 for authentication. The service name for generating the authentication header will always default to 's3'. # The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends. + "accessKey": "A String", # The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly + "accessKeyId": "A String", # The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication. + "accessKeyVersion": "A String", # The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key. + "originRegion": "A String", # The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI. + }, "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact. "clientTlsSettings": { # [Deprecated] The client side authentication settings for connection originating from the backend service. the backend service. # [Deprecated] TLS Settings for the backend service. "clientTlsContext": { # [Deprecated] The TLS settings for the client or server. The TLS settings for the client or server. # Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL. @@ -2810,6 +2834,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "awsV4Authentication": { # Contains the configurations necessary to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support Signature Version 4 for authentication. The service name for generating the authentication header will always default to 's3'. # The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends. + "accessKey": "A String", # The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly + "accessKeyId": "A String", # The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication. + "accessKeyVersion": "A String", # The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key. + "originRegion": "A String", # The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI. + }, "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact. "clientTlsSettings": { # [Deprecated] The client side authentication settings for connection originating from the backend service. the backend service. # [Deprecated] TLS Settings for the backend service. "clientTlsContext": { # [Deprecated] The TLS settings for the client or server. The TLS settings for the client or server. # Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL. @@ -3772,6 +3802,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "awsV4Authentication": { # Contains the configurations necessary to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support Signature Version 4 for authentication. The service name for generating the authentication header will always default to 's3'. # The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends. + "accessKey": "A String", # The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly + "accessKeyId": "A String", # The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication. + "accessKeyVersion": "A String", # The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key. + "originRegion": "A String", # The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI. + }, "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact. "clientTlsSettings": { # [Deprecated] The client side authentication settings for connection originating from the backend service. the backend service. # [Deprecated] TLS Settings for the backend service. "clientTlsContext": { # [Deprecated] The TLS settings for the client or server. The TLS settings for the client or server. # Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html index 2fd24efdc2f..18e74deddf9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of addresses. "forwardingRules": [ # A list of forwarding rules contained in this scope. { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of ForwardingRule resources. { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html index cebf4780e98..04ac78492a5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of ForwardingRule resources. { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html index 8587483e54f..be92b564488 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -424,6 +424,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -691,7 +692,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -721,7 +722,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -849,6 +850,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -1116,7 +1118,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -1146,7 +1148,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -1274,6 +1276,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html index f8b502ad74f..8862783e4f5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -706,6 +706,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -924,7 +925,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -954,7 +955,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -1157,7 +1158,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -1187,7 +1188,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -1332,6 +1333,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -1508,7 +1510,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -1538,7 +1540,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -1666,6 +1668,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -2237,7 +2240,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -2267,7 +2270,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -2412,6 +2415,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -2827,7 +2831,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -3172,7 +3176,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -3202,7 +3206,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -3347,6 +3351,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -3643,7 +3648,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -3673,7 +3678,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -3818,6 +3823,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -6725,7 +6731,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -6755,7 +6761,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -6900,6 +6906,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -7423,6 +7430,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html index 06ccba3689e..9b63dcad5c8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -423,6 +423,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -654,6 +655,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -880,7 +882,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -910,7 +912,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -1038,6 +1040,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -1269,6 +1272,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -1496,7 +1500,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -1526,7 +1530,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -1654,6 +1658,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -1885,6 +1890,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html index 7ec3f8c1fad..730fc0c06ec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html index 3ab16509ff9..091469da16a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html index 95e5f18cdba..f7746fa9f94 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html @@ -567,6 +567,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "awsV4Authentication": { # Contains the configurations necessary to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support Signature Version 4 for authentication. The service name for generating the authentication header will always default to 's3'. # The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends. + "accessKey": "A String", # The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly + "accessKeyId": "A String", # The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication. + "accessKeyVersion": "A String", # The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key. + "originRegion": "A String", # The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI. + }, "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact. "clientTlsSettings": { # [Deprecated] The client side authentication settings for connection originating from the backend service. the backend service. # [Deprecated] TLS Settings for the backend service. "clientTlsContext": { # [Deprecated] The TLS settings for the client or server. The TLS settings for the client or server. # Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL. @@ -1139,6 +1145,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "awsV4Authentication": { # Contains the configurations necessary to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support Signature Version 4 for authentication. The service name for generating the authentication header will always default to 's3'. # The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends. + "accessKey": "A String", # The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly + "accessKeyId": "A String", # The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication. + "accessKeyVersion": "A String", # The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key. + "originRegion": "A String", # The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI. + }, "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact. "clientTlsSettings": { # [Deprecated] The client side authentication settings for connection originating from the backend service. the backend service. # [Deprecated] TLS Settings for the backend service. "clientTlsContext": { # [Deprecated] The TLS settings for the client or server. The TLS settings for the client or server. # Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL. @@ -1664,6 +1676,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "awsV4Authentication": { # Contains the configurations necessary to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support Signature Version 4 for authentication. The service name for generating the authentication header will always default to 's3'. # The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends. + "accessKey": "A String", # The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly + "accessKeyId": "A String", # The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication. + "accessKeyVersion": "A String", # The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key. + "originRegion": "A String", # The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI. + }, "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact. "clientTlsSettings": { # [Deprecated] The client side authentication settings for connection originating from the backend service. the backend service. # [Deprecated] TLS Settings for the backend service. "clientTlsContext": { # [Deprecated] The TLS settings for the client or server. The TLS settings for the client or server. # Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL. @@ -2116,6 +2134,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "awsV4Authentication": { # Contains the configurations necessary to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support Signature Version 4 for authentication. The service name for generating the authentication header will always default to 's3'. # The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends. + "accessKey": "A String", # The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly + "accessKeyId": "A String", # The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication. + "accessKeyVersion": "A String", # The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key. + "originRegion": "A String", # The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI. + }, "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact. "clientTlsSettings": { # [Deprecated] The client side authentication settings for connection originating from the backend service. the backend service. # [Deprecated] TLS Settings for the backend service. "clientTlsContext": { # [Deprecated] The TLS settings for the client or server. The TLS settings for the client or server. # Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL. @@ -2977,6 +3001,12 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "awsV4Authentication": { # Contains the configurations necessary to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support Signature Version 4 for authentication. The service name for generating the authentication header will always default to 's3'. # The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends. + "accessKey": "A String", # The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly + "accessKeyId": "A String", # The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication. + "accessKeyVersion": "A String", # The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key. + "originRegion": "A String", # The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI. + }, "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact. "clientTlsSettings": { # [Deprecated] The client side authentication settings for connection originating from the backend service. the backend service. # [Deprecated] TLS Settings for the backend service. "clientTlsContext": { # [Deprecated] The TLS settings for the client or server. The TLS settings for the client or server. # Configures the mechanism to obtain client-side security certificates and identity information. This field is only applicable when mode is set to MUTUAL. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html index b537bb4ae60..e4832708f6e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation + "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation. "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings. "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation + "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation. "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings. "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation + "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation. "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings. "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation + "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation. "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings. "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation + "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation. "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings. "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. @@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation + "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation. "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings. "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 76055bd9968..44cf7255883 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -417,6 +417,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -582,7 +583,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -612,7 +613,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -740,6 +741,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -1008,7 +1010,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -1038,7 +1040,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -1166,6 +1168,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html index adcaa0e6837..604db5b8a1b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -311,6 +311,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -487,7 +488,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -517,7 +518,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -645,6 +646,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html index 63b304c6ee3..b199511946f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -658,7 +658,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -1933,7 +1933,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html index 71944a57817..2aa19eab705 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation + "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation. "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings. "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation + "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation. "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings. "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation + "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation. "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings. "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation + "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation. "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings. "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. @@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation + "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation. "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings. "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the parent map. Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html index 3f6dcc2c608..e5d5a20e835 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html @@ -145,6 +145,7 @@

Method Details

"locality": "A String", # Specifies network locality "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the availability domain to which the VMs should be spread. "style": "A String", # Specifies instances to hosts placement relationship + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the TPU slice "vmCount": 42, # Number of VMs in this placement group. Google does not recommend that you use this field unless you use a compact policy and you want your policy to work only if it contains this exact number of VMs. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -399,6 +400,7 @@

Method Details

"locality": "A String", # Specifies network locality "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the availability domain to which the VMs should be spread. "style": "A String", # Specifies instances to hosts placement relationship + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the TPU slice "vmCount": 42, # Number of VMs in this placement group. Google does not recommend that you use this field unless you use a compact policy and you want your policy to work only if it contains this exact number of VMs. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -603,6 +605,7 @@

Method Details

"locality": "A String", # Specifies network locality "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the availability domain to which the VMs should be spread. "style": "A String", # Specifies instances to hosts placement relationship + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the TPU slice "vmCount": 42, # Number of VMs in this placement group. Google does not recommend that you use this field unless you use a compact policy and you want your policy to work only if it contains this exact number of VMs. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. @@ -807,6 +810,7 @@

Method Details

"locality": "A String", # Specifies network locality "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the availability domain to which the VMs should be spread. "style": "A String", # Specifies instances to hosts placement relationship + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the TPU slice "vmCount": 42, # Number of VMs in this placement group. Google does not recommend that you use this field unless you use a compact policy and you want your policy to work only if it contains this exact number of VMs. }, "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html index 894640b4602..1b6568a88ef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -2002,7 +2002,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold @@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedActionRpcStatus": { # Simplified google.rpc.Status type (omitting details). # Specified gRPC response status for proxyless gRPC requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html index 4099918156e..8b43ffce566 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. "enableL2": True or False, # Enables Layer2 communication on the subnetwork. "enablePrivateV6Access": True or False, # Deprecated in favor of enable in PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess. Whether the VMs in this subnet can directly access Google services via internal IPv6 addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork. + "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork. "flowSampling": 3.14, # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. Set the sampling rate of VPC flow logs within the subnetwork where 1.0 means all collected logs are reported and 0.0 means no logs are reported. Default is 0.5 unless otherwise specified by the org policy, which means half of all collected logs are reported. "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork. @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@

Method Details

"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. "enableL2": True or False, # Enables Layer2 communication on the subnetwork. "enablePrivateV6Access": True or False, # Deprecated in favor of enable in PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess. Whether the VMs in this subnet can directly access Google services via internal IPv6 addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork. + "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork. "flowSampling": 3.14, # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. Set the sampling rate of VPC flow logs within the subnetwork where 1.0 means all collected logs are reported and 0.0 means no logs are reported. Default is 0.5 unless otherwise specified by the org policy, which means half of all collected logs are reported. "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork. @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@

Method Details

"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. "enableL2": True or False, # Enables Layer2 communication on the subnetwork. "enablePrivateV6Access": True or False, # Deprecated in favor of enable in PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess. Whether the VMs in this subnet can directly access Google services via internal IPv6 addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork. + "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork. "flowSampling": 3.14, # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. Set the sampling rate of VPC flow logs within the subnetwork where 1.0 means all collected logs are reported and 0.0 means no logs are reported. Default is 0.5 unless otherwise specified by the org policy, which means half of all collected logs are reported. "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork. @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@

Method Details

"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. "enableL2": True or False, # Enables Layer2 communication on the subnetwork. "enablePrivateV6Access": True or False, # Deprecated in favor of enable in PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess. Whether the VMs in this subnet can directly access Google services via internal IPv6 addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork. + "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork. "flowSampling": 3.14, # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. Set the sampling rate of VPC flow logs within the subnetwork where 1.0 means all collected logs are reported and 0.0 means no logs are reported. Default is 0.5 unless otherwise specified by the org policy, which means half of all collected logs are reported. "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork. @@ -980,7 +980,7 @@

Method Details

"enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER. "enableL2": True or False, # Enables Layer2 communication on the subnetwork. "enablePrivateV6Access": True or False, # Deprecated in favor of enable in PrivateIpv6GoogleAccess. Whether the VMs in this subnet can directly access Google services via internal IPv6 addresses. This field can be both set at resource creation time and updated using patch. - "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork. + "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork. "flowSampling": 3.14, # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. Set the sampling rate of VPC flow logs within the subnetwork where 1.0 means all collected logs are reported and 0.0 means no logs are reported. Default is 0.5 unless otherwise specified by the org policy, which means half of all collected logs are reported. "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html index 1455ce6ed37..98b8d73ab33 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -536,6 +536,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -712,7 +713,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -742,7 +743,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -870,6 +871,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -1114,7 +1116,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -1144,7 +1146,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -1289,6 +1291,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -1465,7 +1468,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -1495,7 +1498,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -1623,6 +1626,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -1970,7 +1974,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -2000,7 +2004,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -2145,6 +2149,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. @@ -2321,7 +2326,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -2351,7 +2356,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -2479,6 +2484,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For a VM, the network interface uses the nicN naming format. Where N is a value between 0 and 7. The default interface value is nic0. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default + "networkAttachment": "A String", # The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}. "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html index 33ae0dbaaf8..ec8c80dc1ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of addresses. "forwardingRules": [ # A list of forwarding rules contained in this scope. { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of ForwardingRule resources. { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html index 4cbe2cd8fe8..54667c06cbf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of ForwardingRule resources. { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding. - "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. + "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number. "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html index 7aa31f764a0..d8591af1eb7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index 007502a05dd..9b6a933eaff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@

Instance Methods

startWithEncryptionKey(project, zone, instance, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Starts an instance that was stopped using the instances().stop method. For more information, see Restart an instance.

- stop(project, zone, instance, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ stop(project, zone, instance, discardLocalSsd=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Stops a running instance, shutting it down cleanly, and allows you to restart the instance at a later time. Stopped instances do not incur VM usage charges while they are stopped. However, resources that the VM is using, such as persistent disks and static IP addresses, will continue to be charged until they are deleted. For more information, see Stopping an instance.

suspend(project, zone, instance, discardLocalSsd=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@

Method Details

"intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed. }, "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only. - "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. + "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value. "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below. "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect. @@ -2560,7 +2560,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -2582,7 +2582,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -2967,7 +2967,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. + "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard. "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features. @@ -2989,7 +2989,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. + "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" @@ -5519,13 +5519,14 @@

Method Details

- stop(project, zone, instance, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) + stop(project, zone, instance, discardLocalSsd=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) 
Stops a running instance, shutting it down cleanly, and allows you to restart the instance at a later time. Stopped instances do not incur VM usage charges while they are stopped. However, resources that the VM is using, such as persistent disks and static IP addresses, will continue to be charged until they are deleted. For more information, see Stopping an instance.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
   instance: string, Name of the instance resource to stop. (required)
+  discardLocalSsd: boolean, If true, discard the contents of any attached localSSD partitions. Default value is false (== preserve localSSD data).
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -5793,7 +5794,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
         "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
         "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-        "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+        "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
         "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
           { # Guest OS features.
             "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
@@ -5815,7 +5816,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-        "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+        "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
           "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
index 04bdfd7b827..a12c57852e9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
           "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
           "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
           "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
             { # Guest OS features.
               "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
           "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
           "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
           "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
             { # Guest OS features.
               "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
               "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
               "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-              "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+              "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
               "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
                 { # Guest OS features.
                   "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
@@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
               "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-              "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+              "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
                 "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
index 98056518c0b..8ce1605eecb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
             "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
             "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
             "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
index f3a392c1ebc..e759ddd5428 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
     "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
     "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
     "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
     "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
     "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
     "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
             "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
             "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
             "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
     "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
     "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
     "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html
index a5c4661ffdb..5353f31a564 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ 
Method Details

               },
               "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
               "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-              "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+              "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
                 "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
                   "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
                     "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
         "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
             "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
         "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
             "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
           "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-          "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+          "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
             "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
                 "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
         "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
             "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
         "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
             "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
index 06d8dda6259..207d1b99544 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
           "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
           "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
           "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures
             { # Guest OS features.
               "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to separate values. Set to one or more of the following values: - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE - WINDOWS - MULTI_IP_SUBNET - UEFI_COMPATIBLE - GVNIC - SEV_CAPABLE - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE For more information, see Enabling guest operating system features.
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html
index a4230edbe47..de541027508 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
             "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
             "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
             "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html
index b5d7acb7e78..276f29a7c9b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
           "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-          "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+          "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
             "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
                 "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
     "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
         "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
     "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
         "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
         "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
             "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
     "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
         "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
index 2b10017931a..011ebac2f8c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
     "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
     "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
     "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
                 },
                 "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-                "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+                "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
                 "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
                 "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
                 "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
     "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
     "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
     "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
             "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
             "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
             "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
     "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
     "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
     "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html
index 9d0d0d2ab3b..3225b4c501e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
           "enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
-          "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork.
+          "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork.
           "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
           "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
           "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   "enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
-  "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork.
+  "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
   "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   "enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
-  "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork.
+  "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
   "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
       "enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
-      "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork.
+      "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork.
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
       "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   "enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
-  "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork.
+  "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
   "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html
index 5dc3c671bb7..d01a871e687 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of addresses.
       "forwardingRules": [ # A list of forwarding rules contained in this scope.
         { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-          "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
+          "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
           "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
           "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
           "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
+  "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
   "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
+  "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
   "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   "items": [ # A list of ForwardingRule resources.
     { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-      "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
+      "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
       "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
       "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
       "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
+  "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
   "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html
index 37967781499..385a5502f72 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
+  "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
   "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
+  "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
   "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   "items": [ # A list of ForwardingRule resources.
     { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-      "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
+      "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
       "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
       "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
       "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
+  "IPAddress": "A String", # IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.
   "IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
index 1e8eef970f3..aef36798d31 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
           "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
           "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
           "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
           "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
           "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
           "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
               "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
               "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-              "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+              "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
               "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
@@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
               "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-              "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+              "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
                 "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
index f89971a665b..bac6de517cd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
                 "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
                 "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-                "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+                "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
                 "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "A String",
                 ],
                 "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-                "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+                "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
                   "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
                   "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                   "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
     "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
     "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-    "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+    "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
     "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-    "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+    "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
       "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
       "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
       "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
           "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
           "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
           "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
@@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
         "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
         "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-        "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+        "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
         "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-        "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+        "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
           "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
@@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
         "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
         "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-        "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+        "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
         "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -2303,7 +2303,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-        "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+        "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
           "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
@@ -2666,7 +2666,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
             "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
             "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-            "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+            "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
             "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
               "a_key": "A String",
             },
@@ -2682,7 +2682,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "A String",
             ],
             "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-            "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+            "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
               "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
               "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
               "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
@@ -5225,7 +5225,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
         "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
         "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-        "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+        "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
         "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -5241,7 +5241,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "A String",
         ],
         "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-        "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+        "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
           "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
           "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
           "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html
index d77cf1d8e99..39ae9722ccc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
           "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
           "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
           "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
           "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
           "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
           "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
@@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
               "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
               "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-              "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+              "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
               "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
@@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
               "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-              "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+              "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
                 "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
                 "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
                 "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html
index 3f1907d9bdb..1585e26f47b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
               "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
               "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-              "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+              "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
                 "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
                   "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
                     "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
         "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
             "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
         "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
             "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
           "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-          "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+          "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
             "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
                 "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
         "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
             "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
index 3cfe6d9515a..9abe361c7be 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk.
           "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created.
           "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB.
-          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.
+          "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.
           "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set.
-          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
+          "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys.
             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key
             "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/
             "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0="
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html
index 76cfa8fefc0..76af7128b74 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
             "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
             "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
             "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html
index f642432ab77..1ce7f61f84b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
           "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-          "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+          "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
             "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
               "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
                 "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
     "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
         "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
     "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
         "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
         "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
           "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
             "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
-  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation.
     "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
       "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
         "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html
index c37413bcbe2..d9bb3685e7e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
     "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
     "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
     "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
                 },
                 "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-                "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+                "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
                 "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
                 "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
                 "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
     "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
     "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
     "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
             "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+            "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
             "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
             "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
             "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
         "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+        "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
         "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
         "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
         "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "intervalSec": 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
     "conformAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is "allow" only.
-    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforce_on_key_name". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
+    "enforceOnKey": "A String", # Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if "enforceOnKey" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under "enforceOnKeyName". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates.
     "enforceOnKeyName": "A String", # Rate limit key name applicable only for the following key types: HTTP_HEADER -- Name of the HTTP header whose value is taken as the key value. HTTP_COOKIE -- Name of the HTTP cookie whose value is taken as the key value.
     "exceedAction": "A String", # Action to take for requests that are above the configured rate limit threshold, to either deny with a specified HTTP response code, or redirect to a different endpoint. Valid options are "deny(status)", where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502, and "redirect" where the redirect parameters come from exceedRedirectOptions below.
     "exceedRedirectOptions": { # Parameters defining the redirect action that is used as the exceed action. Cannot be specified if the exceed action is not redirect.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html
index 738a56cf846..1675b8f098b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
           "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
           "enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
-          "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork.
+          "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork.
           "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
           "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
           "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   "enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
-  "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork.
+  "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
   "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   "enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
-  "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork.
+  "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
   "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
       "enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
-      "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork.
+      "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork.
       "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
       "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
       "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. This field can be set only at resource creation time.
   "enableFlowLogs": True or False, # Whether to enable flow logging for this subnetwork. If this field is not explicitly set, it will not appear in get listings. If not set the default behavior is determined by the org policy, if there is no org policy specified, then it will default to disabled. This field isn't supported with the purpose field set to INTERNAL_HTTPS_LOAD_BALANCER.
-  "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork.
+  "externalIpv6Prefix": "A String", # The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork.
   "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a Subnetwork. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the Subnetwork, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a Subnetwork.
   "gatewayAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] The gateway address for default routes to reach destination addresses outside this subnetwork.
   "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetTcpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetTcpProxies.html
index 93cea05a163..2c68a07bd45 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetTcpProxies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetTcpProxies.html
@@ -74,6 +74,12 @@
 
 
Compute Engine API . targetTcpProxies

 
Instance Methods

+

+  aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Retrieves the list of all TargetTcpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.

+

+  aggregatedList_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -99,6 +105,89 @@ 
Instance Methods

   setProxyHeader(project, targetTcpProxy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Changes the ProxyHeaderType for TargetTcpProxy.

 
Method Details

+

+    aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Retrieves the list of all TargetTcpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+  includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": { # A list of TargetTcpProxiesScopedList resources.
+    "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of TargetTcpProxies.
+      "targetTcpProxies": [ # A list of TargetTcpProxies contained in this scope.
+        { # Represents a Target TCP Proxy resource. A target TCP proxy is a component of a TCP Proxy load balancer. Global forwarding rules reference target TCP proxy, and the target proxy then references an external backend service. For more information, read TCP Proxy Load Balancing overview.
+          "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+          "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+          "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+          "kind": "compute#targetTcpProxy", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#targetTcpProxy for target TCP proxies.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+          "proxyBind": True or False, # This field only applies when the forwarding rule that references this target proxy has a loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. When this field is set to true, Envoy proxies set up inbound traffic interception and bind to the IP address and port specified in the forwarding rule. This is generally useful when using Traffic Director to configure Envoy as a gateway or middle proxy (in other words, not a sidecar proxy). The Envoy proxy listens for inbound requests and handles requests when it receives them. The default is false.
+          "proxyHeader": "A String", # Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the backend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default is NONE.
+          "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional TCP proxy resides. This field is not applicable to global TCP proxy.
+          "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+          "service": "A String", # URL to the BackendService resource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+        "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+          {
+            "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+            "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#targetTcpProxyAggregatedList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#targetTcpProxyAggregatedList for lists of Target TCP Proxies.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    aggregatedList_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
 

     close()
   
Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
index 46c08d5513a..402ef777455 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json
@@ -40082,9 +40082,32 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20221018",
+  "revision": "20221026",
   "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
+    "AWSV4Signature": {
+      "description": "Contains the configurations necessary to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support Signature Version 4 for authentication. The service name for generating the authentication header will always default to 's3'.",
+      "id": "AWSV4Signature",
+      "properties": {
+        "accessKey": {
+          "description": "The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "accessKeyId": {
+          "description": "The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "accessKeyVersion": {
+          "description": "The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "originRegion": {
+          "description": "The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, \"us-east-1\" for AWS or \"us-ashburn-1\" for OCI.",
+          "type": "string"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
       "description": "A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.",
       "id": "AcceleratorConfig",
@@ -41456,7 +41479,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "diskType": {
-          "description": "Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.",
+          "description": "Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
@@ -41557,7 +41580,7 @@
         },
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys."
+          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys."
         },
         "sourceInstantSnapshot": {
           "description": "The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
@@ -47773,7 +47796,7 @@
       "id": "ForwardingRule",
       "properties": {
         "IPAddress": {
-          "description": "IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.",
+          "description": "IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "IPProtocol": {
@@ -61617,6 +61640,10 @@
           "description": "URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default ",
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "networkAttachment": {
+          "description": "The URL of the network attachment that this interface should connect to in the following format: projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_name}/networkAttachments/{network_attachment_name}.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "networkIP": {
           "description": "An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -69043,7 +69070,7 @@
         },
         "shareSettings": {
           "$ref": "ShareSettings",
-          "description": "Share-settings for shared-reservation"
+          "description": "Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation."
         },
         "specificReservation": {
           "$ref": "AllocationSpecificSKUReservation",
@@ -69927,6 +69954,10 @@
           ],
           "type": "string"
         },
+        "tpuTopology": {
+          "description": "Specifies the shape of the TPU slice",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
         "vmCount": {
           "description": "Number of VMs in this placement group. Google does not recommend that you use this field unless you use a compact policy and you want your policy to work only if it contains this exact number of VMs.",
           "format": "int32",
@@ -73687,7 +73718,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enforceOnKey": {
-          "description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforce_on_key_name\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforce_on_key_name\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. ",
+          "description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKey\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. ",
           "enum": [
             "ALL",
             "ALL_IPS",
@@ -73845,6 +73876,10 @@
           "$ref": "AuthorizationConfig",
           "description": "[Deprecated] Authorization config defines the Role Based Access Control (RBAC) config. Authorization config defines the Role Based Access Control (RBAC) config."
         },
+        "awsV4Authentication": {
+          "$ref": "AWSV4Signature",
+          "description": "The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends."
+        },
         "clientTlsPolicy": {
           "description": "Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted. Note: This field currently has no impact.",
           "type": "string"
@@ -76359,7 +76394,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "externalIpv6Prefix": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork.",
+          "description": "The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
index a9d002317bb..231559c22bb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json
@@ -11564,6 +11564,11 @@
             "instance"
           ],
           "parameters": {
+            "discardLocalSsd": {
+              "description": "If true, discard the contents of any attached localSSD partitions. Default value is false (== preserve localSSD data).",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "boolean"
+            },
             "instance": {
               "description": "Name of the instance resource to stop.",
               "location": "path",
@@ -35512,7 +35517,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20221018",
+  "revision": "20221026",
   "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -36813,7 +36818,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "diskType": {
-          "description": "Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.",
+          "description": "Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "guestOsFeatures": {
@@ -36880,7 +36885,7 @@
         },
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys."
+          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys."
         },
         "sourceSnapshot": {
           "description": "The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
@@ -42621,7 +42626,7 @@
       "id": "ForwardingRule",
       "properties": {
         "IPAddress": {
-          "description": "IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.",
+          "description": "IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "IPProtocol": {
@@ -59429,7 +59434,7 @@
         },
         "shareSettings": {
           "$ref": "ShareSettings",
-          "description": "Share-settings for shared-reservation"
+          "description": "Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation."
         },
         "specificReservation": {
           "$ref": "AllocationSpecificSKUReservation",
@@ -63634,7 +63639,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enforceOnKey": {
-          "description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforce_on_key_name\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforce_on_key_name\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. ",
+          "description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKey\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. ",
           "enum": [
             "ALL",
             "ALL_IPS",
@@ -66110,7 +66115,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "externalIpv6Prefix": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork.",
+          "description": "The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
index 55f0c2ef6cc..7b83ae8ff46 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json
@@ -30281,6 +30281,66 @@
     },
     "targetTcpProxies": {
       "methods": {
+        "aggregatedList": {
+          "description": "Retrieves the list of all TargetTcpProxy resources, regional and global, available to the specified project.",
+          "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetTcpProxies",
+          "httpMethod": "GET",
+          "id": "compute.targetTcpProxies.aggregatedList",
+          "parameterOrder": [
+            "project"
+          ],
+          "parameters": {
+            "filter": {
+              "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "includeAllScopes": {
+              "description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "boolean"
+            },
+            "maxResults": {
+              "default": "500",
+              "description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)",
+              "format": "uint32",
+              "location": "query",
+              "minimum": "0",
+              "type": "integer"
+            },
+            "orderBy": {
+              "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "pageToken": {
+              "description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "project": {
+              "description": "Name of the project scoping this request.",
+              "location": "path",
+              "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))",
+              "required": true,
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "returnPartialSuccess": {
+              "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.",
+              "location": "query",
+              "type": "boolean"
+            }
+          },
+          "path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/targetTcpProxies",
+          "response": {
+            "$ref": "TargetTcpProxyAggregatedList"
+          },
+          "scopes": [
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute",
+            "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly"
+          ]
+        },
         "delete": {
           "description": "Deletes the specified TargetTcpProxy resource.",
           "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/targetTcpProxies/{targetTcpProxy}",
@@ -32223,7 +32283,7 @@
       }
     }
   },
-  "revision": "20221018",
+  "revision": "20221026",
   "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/",
   "schemas": {
     "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -33486,7 +33546,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "diskType": {
-          "description": "Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL.",
+          "description": "Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you specify this field when creating a VM, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following values are valid: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType If you specify this field when creating or updating an instance template or all-instances configuration, specify the type of the disk, not the URL. For example: pd-standard.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "labels": {
@@ -33542,7 +33602,7 @@
         },
         "sourceImageEncryptionKey": {
           "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
-          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys."
+          "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. InstanceTemplate and InstancePropertiesPatch do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys."
         },
         "sourceSnapshot": {
           "description": "The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.",
@@ -39127,7 +39187,7 @@
       "id": "ForwardingRule",
       "properties": {
         "IPAddress": {
-          "description": "IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.",
+          "description": "IP address for which this forwarding rule accepts traffic. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the referenced target or backendService. While creating a forwarding rule, specifying an IPAddress is required under the following circumstances: - When the target is set to targetGrpcProxy and validateForProxyless is set to true, the IPAddress should be set to 0.0.0.0. - When the target is a Private Service Connect Google APIs bundle, you must specify an IPAddress. Otherwise, you can optionally specify an IP address that references an existing static (reserved) IP address resource. When omitted, Google Cloud assigns an ephemeral IP address. Use one of the following formats to specify an IP address while creating a forwarding rule: * IP address number, as in `100.1.2.3` * IPv6 address range, as in `2600:1234::/96` * Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The forwarding rule's target or backendService, and in most cases, also the loadBalancingScheme, determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). When reading an IPAddress, the API always returns the IP address number.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "IPProtocol": {
@@ -55399,7 +55459,7 @@
         },
         "shareSettings": {
           "$ref": "ShareSettings",
-          "description": "Share-settings for shared-reservation"
+          "description": "Specify share-settings to create a shared reservation. This property is optional. For more information about the syntax and options for this field and its subfields, see the guide for creating a shared reservation."
         },
         "specificReservation": {
           "$ref": "AllocationSpecificSKUReservation",
@@ -59302,7 +59362,7 @@
           "type": "string"
         },
         "enforceOnKey": {
-          "description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if this field 'enforce_on_key' is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforce_on_key_name\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforce_on_key_name\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. ",
+          "description": "Determines the key to enforce the rate_limit_threshold on. Possible values are: - ALL: A single rate limit threshold is applied to all the requests matching this rule. This is the default value if \"enforceOnKey\" is not configured. - IP: The source IP address of the request is the key. Each IP has this limit enforced separately. - HTTP_HEADER: The value of the HTTP header whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the header value. If no such header is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - XFF_IP: The first IP address (i.e. the originating client IP address) specified in the list of IPs under X-Forwarded-For HTTP header. If no such header is present or the value is not a valid IP, the key defaults to the source IP address of the request i.e. key type IP. - HTTP_COOKIE: The value of the HTTP cookie whose name is configured under \"enforceOnKeyName\". The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes of the cookie value. If no such cookie is present in the request, the key type defaults to ALL. - HTTP_PATH: The URL path of the HTTP request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. - SNI: Server name indication in the TLS session of the HTTPS request. The key value is truncated to the first 128 bytes. The key type defaults to ALL on a HTTP session. - REGION_CODE: The country/region from which the request originates. ",
           "enum": [
             "ALL",
             "HTTP_COOKIE",
@@ -61639,7 +61699,7 @@
           "type": "boolean"
         },
         "externalIpv6Prefix": {
-          "description": "[Output Only] The external IPv6 address range that is assigned to this subnetwork.",
+          "description": "The external IPv6 address range that is owned by this subnetwork.",
           "type": "string"
         },
         "fingerprint": {
@@ -64438,6 +64498,108 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "TargetTcpProxiesScopedList": {
+      "id": "TargetTcpProxiesScopedList",
+      "properties": {
+        "targetTcpProxies": {
+          "description": "A list of TargetTcpProxies contained in this scope.",
+          "items": {
+            "$ref": "TargetTcpProxy"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "warning": {
+          "description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of backend services when the list is empty.",
+          "properties": {
+            "code": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.",
+              "enum": [
+                "CLEANUP_FAILED",
+                "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED",
+                "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED",
+                "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE",
+                "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED",
+                "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING",
+                "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN",
+                "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
+                "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
+                "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
+                "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
+                "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK",
+                "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING",
+                "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR",
+                "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE",
+                "PARTIAL_SUCCESS",
+                "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT",
+                "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING",
+                "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED",
+                "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED",
+                "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE",
+                "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES",
+                "UNREACHABLE"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
+              ],
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "data": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
+              "items": {
+                "properties": {
+                  "key": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  },
+                  "value": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  }
+                },
+                "type": "object"
+              },
+              "type": "array"
+            },
+            "message": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "TargetTcpProxiesSetBackendServiceRequest": {
       "id": "TargetTcpProxiesSetBackendServiceRequest",
       "properties": {
@@ -64524,6 +64686,133 @@
       },
       "type": "object"
     },
+    "TargetTcpProxyAggregatedList": {
+      "id": "TargetTcpProxyAggregatedList",
+      "properties": {
+        "id": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "items": {
+          "additionalProperties": {
+            "$ref": "TargetTcpProxiesScopedList",
+            "description": "Name of the scope containing this set of TargetTcpProxies."
+          },
+          "description": "A list of TargetTcpProxiesScopedList resources.",
+          "type": "object"
+        },
+        "kind": {
+          "default": "compute#targetTcpProxyAggregatedList",
+          "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#targetTcpProxyAggregatedList for lists of Target TCP Proxies.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "nextPageToken": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "selfLink": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.",
+          "type": "string"
+        },
+        "unreachables": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.",
+          "items": {
+            "type": "string"
+          },
+          "type": "array"
+        },
+        "warning": {
+          "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.",
+          "properties": {
+            "code": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.",
+              "enum": [
+                "CLEANUP_FAILED",
+                "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED",
+                "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED",
+                "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE",
+                "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED",
+                "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING",
+                "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN",
+                "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED",
+                "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB",
+                "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING",
+                "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY",
+                "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED",
+                "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND",
+                "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK",
+                "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING",
+                "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR",
+                "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE",
+                "PARTIAL_SUCCESS",
+                "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT",
+                "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING",
+                "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED",
+                "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED",
+                "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE",
+                "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES",
+                "UNREACHABLE"
+              ],
+              "enumDescriptions": [
+                "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.",
+                "A link to a deprecated resource was created.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated",
+                "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.",
+                "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental",
+                "Warning that is present in an external api call",
+                "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.",
+                "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.",
+                "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.",
+                "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources",
+                "A resource depends on a missing type",
+                "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.",
+                "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.",
+                "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.",
+                "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.",
+                "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.",
+                "No results are present on a particular list page.",
+                "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors",
+                "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.",
+                "Warning that a resource is in use.",
+                "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.",
+                "When a resource schema validation is ignored.",
+                "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.",
+                "When undeclared properties in the schema are present",
+                "A given scope cannot be reached."
+              ],
+              "type": "string"
+            },
+            "data": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ",
+              "items": {
+                "properties": {
+                  "key": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  },
+                  "value": {
+                    "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.",
+                    "type": "string"
+                  }
+                },
+                "type": "object"
+              },
+              "type": "array"
+            },
+            "message": {
+              "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.",
+              "type": "string"
+            }
+          },
+          "type": "object"
+        }
+      },
+      "type": "object"
+    },
     "TargetTcpProxyList": {
       "description": "Contains a list of TargetTcpProxy resources.",
       "id": "TargetTcpProxyList",